1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
151 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
234 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
247 const char *dw_fde_end
;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
249 unsigned funcdef_number
;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
251 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s
)
442 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
447 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
460 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
461 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
462 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
463 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
465 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
473 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
476 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
478 wrote_return_column
= true;
480 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column
)
490 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 wrote_return_column
= false;
493 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
496 if (! wrote_return_column
)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression
:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label
[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
626 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
629 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
632 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
636 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
645 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
660 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
663 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
684 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
689 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
692 if (fde_table_in_use
)
694 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
725 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
740 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
741 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
743 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
748 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
749 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
754 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
775 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
792 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
830 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
834 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
836 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
840 else if (sreg
== reg
)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
849 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
865 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
876 if (size
== old_args_size
)
879 old_args_size
= size
;
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
884 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
893 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
920 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
936 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
944 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
950 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
981 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
982 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
990 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
991 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1003 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1014 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1016 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1023 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1032 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1034 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1060 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1062 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1063 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1064 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1065 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1066 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1067 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1068 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1071 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1075 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1076 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1077 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1080 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1082 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1083 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1084 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1085 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1086 offset
= -args_size
;
1091 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1092 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1093 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1094 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1096 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1098 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1099 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1100 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1108 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1109 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1111 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1115 args_size
+= offset
;
1119 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1120 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1121 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1126 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1127 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1128 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1130 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1132 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1134 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1137 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1139 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1140 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1143 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1145 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1147 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1149 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1150 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1152 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1156 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1158 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1160 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1166 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1167 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1171 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1173 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1175 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1176 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1183 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1184 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1185 value, not an offset. */
1186 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1188 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1189 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1190 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1193 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1194 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1195 users need not read the source code.
1197 The High-Level Picture
1199 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1200 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1201 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1202 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1203 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1205 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1206 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1207 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1208 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1209 saves. This also seems to work.
1211 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1212 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1213 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1214 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1216 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1217 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1218 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1219 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1221 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1223 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1224 consists of a register and an offset.
1225 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1226 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1227 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1228 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1229 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1230 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1231 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1233 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1234 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1235 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1238 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1239 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1240 and cfa_temp.offset.
1242 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1245 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1246 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1247 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1251 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1252 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1255 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1256 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1257 cfa.offset unchanged
1258 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1259 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1262 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1263 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1264 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1265 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1266 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1267 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1270 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1272 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1275 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1276 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1278 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1280 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1283 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1290 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1291 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1292 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1295 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1296 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1297 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1300 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1304 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1305 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1306 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1309 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1310 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1311 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1313 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1316 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1326 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1327 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1330 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1331 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1332 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1335 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1336 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1337 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1338 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1341 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1346 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1347 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1348 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1349 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1350 flag is set in them. */
1351 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1354 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1356 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1357 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1358 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1360 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1365 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1368 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1369 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1371 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1375 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1376 relative to the current CFA register. */
1377 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1379 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1381 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1387 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1388 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1389 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1390 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1391 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1392 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1393 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1399 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1403 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1406 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1409 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1411 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1417 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1419 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1420 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1422 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1424 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1425 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1427 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1430 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1432 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1433 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1434 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1435 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1437 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1440 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1441 or adjusting the FP */
1442 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1445 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1446 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1447 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1449 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1450 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1452 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1453 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1460 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1464 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1465 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1468 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1469 into the FP later on. */
1470 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1471 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1472 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1473 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1474 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1475 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1479 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1480 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1481 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1483 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1484 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1485 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1487 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1488 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1492 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1493 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1495 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1496 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1505 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1506 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1511 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1512 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1513 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1516 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1517 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1518 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1521 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1522 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1531 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1535 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1538 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1540 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1545 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1546 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1548 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1550 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1551 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1554 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1555 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1556 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1558 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1564 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1565 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1568 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1569 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1572 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1573 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1574 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1580 /* With an offset. */
1584 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1586 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1587 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1590 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1591 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1592 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1593 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1599 /* Without an offset. */
1601 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1602 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1603 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1604 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1611 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1613 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1614 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1621 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1622 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1623 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1625 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1627 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1629 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1630 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1632 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1633 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1638 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1639 calculate the CFA. */
1640 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1642 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1644 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1647 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1648 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1650 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1655 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1656 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1664 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1665 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1666 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1669 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1674 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1676 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1681 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1684 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1687 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1691 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1692 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1694 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1696 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1697 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1702 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1703 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1705 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1707 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1714 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1716 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1718 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1719 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1724 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1725 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1727 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1729 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1730 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1731 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1737 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1738 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1739 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1740 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1741 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1742 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1743 case DW_CFA_register
:
1744 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1747 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1749 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1752 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1753 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1760 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1761 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1762 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1764 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1765 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1770 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1773 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1774 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1776 case DW_CFA_register
:
1777 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1780 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1784 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1786 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1789 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1791 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1792 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1793 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1794 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1795 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1796 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1799 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1800 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1801 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1802 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1804 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1806 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1807 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1808 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1812 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1814 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1816 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1818 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1819 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1820 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1823 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1824 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1827 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1828 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1829 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1830 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1833 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1834 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1835 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1836 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1839 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1840 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1841 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1842 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1845 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1846 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1847 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1848 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1851 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1858 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1859 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1865 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1866 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1867 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1873 case DW_CFA_register
:
1874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1880 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1881 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1885 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1889 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1892 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1893 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1894 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1898 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1907 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1908 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1909 location of saved registers. */
1912 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1917 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1918 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1919 char augmentation
[6];
1920 int augmentation_size
;
1921 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1922 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1923 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1926 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1929 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1930 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1931 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1932 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1935 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1937 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1938 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1939 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1940 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1941 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= true;
1944 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1948 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1953 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1955 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1958 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1960 /* Output the CIE. */
1961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1963 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1964 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1965 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1967 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1968 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1969 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1970 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1971 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1975 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1976 augmentation_size
= 0;
1982 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1983 augmentation section.
1984 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1985 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1986 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1988 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1989 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1991 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1992 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1993 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1995 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1996 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1999 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2001 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2004 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2006 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2009 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2011 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2013 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2017 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2018 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2020 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2022 + 1 /* CIE version */
2023 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2024 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2025 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2027 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2028 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2029 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2031 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2033 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2034 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2035 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2043 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2046 if (augmentation
[0])
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2049 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2052 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2053 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2054 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2057 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2059 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2061 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2063 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2066 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2067 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2069 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2070 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2071 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2072 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2074 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2077 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2079 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2080 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2081 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2082 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2085 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2086 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2087 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2088 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2090 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2095 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2100 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2101 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2102 "FDE initial location");
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2104 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2105 "FDE address range");
2109 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2110 "FDE initial location");
2111 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2112 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2113 "FDE address range");
2116 if (augmentation
[0])
2118 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2120 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2122 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2124 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2125 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2126 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2127 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2128 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2131 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2137 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2139 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2140 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2141 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2142 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2143 "Language Specific Data Area");
2147 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2148 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2150 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2151 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2158 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2160 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2161 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2162 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2164 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2165 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2166 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2167 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2170 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2171 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2172 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2173 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2174 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2175 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2178 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2183 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2187 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2188 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2190 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2193 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2195 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2196 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2197 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2199 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2200 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2203 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2207 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2209 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2210 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2211 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2212 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2214 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2215 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2216 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2220 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2221 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2223 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2224 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2225 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2226 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2227 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2230 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2231 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2233 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2234 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2235 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2236 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2237 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2238 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2239 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2240 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2241 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2242 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2244 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2246 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2247 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2248 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2250 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2254 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2255 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2259 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2260 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2263 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2265 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2267 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2268 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2269 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2270 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2271 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2275 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2277 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2278 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2279 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2280 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2282 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2283 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2285 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2286 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2287 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2288 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2293 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2295 /* Output call frame information. */
2296 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2297 output_call_frame_info (0);
2299 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2300 output_call_frame_info (1);
2304 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2305 for emitting location expressions. */
2307 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2308 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2309 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2312 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2313 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2314 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2315 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2317 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2318 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2319 implementation are listed below. */
2324 dw_val_class_offset
,
2326 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2327 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2329 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2330 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2333 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2334 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2335 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2336 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2340 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2341 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2343 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2350 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2352 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2354 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2359 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2360 represented internally. */
2362 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2364 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2365 union dw_val_struct_union
2367 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2368 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2369 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2370 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2371 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2372 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2373 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2374 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2375 struct dw_val_die_union
2379 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2380 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2381 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2382 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2383 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2385 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2389 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2392 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2394 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2395 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2396 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2397 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2402 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2403 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2404 their entire life. */
2405 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2407 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2408 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2409 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2410 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2411 Only on head of list */
2412 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2413 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2416 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2418 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2419 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2421 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2422 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2423 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2424 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2425 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2427 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2430 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2435 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2436 return "DW_OP_addr";
2438 return "DW_OP_deref";
2440 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2442 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2444 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2446 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2448 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2452 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2454 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2456 return "DW_OP_constu";
2458 return "DW_OP_consts";
2462 return "DW_OP_drop";
2464 return "DW_OP_over";
2466 return "DW_OP_pick";
2468 return "DW_OP_swap";
2472 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2480 return "DW_OP_minus";
2492 return "DW_OP_plus";
2493 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2494 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2500 return "DW_OP_shra";
2518 return "DW_OP_skip";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2712 return "DW_OP_regx";
2714 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2716 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2718 return "DW_OP_piece";
2719 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2720 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2721 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2722 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2725 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2726 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2728 return "DW_OP_call2";
2730 return "DW_OP_call4";
2731 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2732 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2733 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2734 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2736 return "OP_<unknown>";
2740 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2741 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2742 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2744 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2745 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2746 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2748 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2750 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2751 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2752 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2753 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2754 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2760 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2763 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2765 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2767 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2768 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2774 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2776 static unsigned long
2777 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2779 unsigned long size
= 1;
2781 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2785 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2804 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2807 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2813 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2851 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2854 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2857 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2860 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2861 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2864 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2877 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2889 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2893 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2895 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2896 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2902 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2905 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2907 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2908 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2910 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2912 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2914 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2922 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2926 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2928 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2935 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2936 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2940 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2953 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2954 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2955 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2956 only doing unwinding. */
2961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2964 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2967 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2972 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3007 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3010 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3013 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3022 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3023 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3028 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3029 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3031 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3038 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3043 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3046 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3048 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3050 /* Output the opcode. */
3051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3052 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3054 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3055 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3059 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3060 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3063 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3065 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3068 /* Output the size of the block. */
3069 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3070 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3073 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3074 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3077 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3078 a dw_cfa_location. */
3080 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3081 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3083 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3085 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3088 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3091 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3093 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3095 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3096 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3100 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3101 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3102 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3103 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3105 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3106 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3112 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3113 descriptor sequence. */
3116 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3118 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3120 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3124 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3126 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3162 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3165 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3199 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3200 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3203 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3204 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3209 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3210 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3213 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3214 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3218 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3220 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3221 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3223 /* .debug_str support. */
3224 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3226 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3227 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3228 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3229 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3230 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3231 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3232 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3233 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3234 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3235 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3236 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3238 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3240 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3246 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3247 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3248 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3249 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3250 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3251 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3252 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3253 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3254 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3255 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3256 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3257 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3258 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3259 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3260 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3261 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3262 something tries to reference them. */
3263 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3264 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3265 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3269 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3270 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3271 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3273 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3274 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3275 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3276 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3278 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3279 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3281 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3283 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3285 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3286 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3287 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3288 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3289 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3291 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3292 line number associated with the label generated for that
3293 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3294 the line number entry. */
3296 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3298 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3299 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3303 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3305 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3307 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3308 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3309 unsigned long function
;
3311 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3313 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3314 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3315 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3317 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3319 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3320 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3321 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3325 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3327 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3329 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3331 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3332 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3333 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3335 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3336 dw_offset die_offset
;
3337 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3342 /* The pubname structure */
3344 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3351 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3356 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3357 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3361 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3365 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3366 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3367 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3370 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3371 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3373 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3374 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3375 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3376 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3377 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3378 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3380 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3381 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3382 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3383 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3384 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3385 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3386 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3387 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3388 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3389 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3391 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3392 language, and compiler version. */
3394 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3395 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3396 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3398 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3399 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3402 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3403 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3404 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3405 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3407 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3408 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3409 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3410 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3411 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3412 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3414 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3415 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3416 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3417 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3419 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3423 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3424 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3425 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3427 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3428 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3430 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3431 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3433 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3434 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3435 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3436 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3437 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3439 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3440 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3441 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3442 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3445 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3446 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3448 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3449 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3451 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3452 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3453 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3454 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3456 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3457 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3458 number identifying each decl. */
3459 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3461 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3462 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3464 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3465 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3467 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3469 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3471 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3472 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3473 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3474 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3475 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3477 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3478 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3480 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3481 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3483 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3484 abbrev_die_table. */
3485 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3487 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3488 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3489 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3490 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3492 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3493 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3495 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3496 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3498 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3499 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3500 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3501 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3503 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3504 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3506 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3507 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3509 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3511 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3513 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3514 accessible names. */
3515 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3517 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3518 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3520 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3521 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3523 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3525 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3527 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3528 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3530 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3531 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3533 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3536 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3538 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3540 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3541 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3543 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3544 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3546 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3547 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3549 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3551 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3553 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3554 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3556 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3557 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3558 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3560 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3561 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3564 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3565 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3567 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3568 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3570 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3572 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3574 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3575 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3576 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3577 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3578 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3579 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3581 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3583 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3584 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3585 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3586 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3587 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3588 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3589 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3590 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3591 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3592 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3593 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3594 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3596 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3597 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3598 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3599 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3600 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3601 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3602 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3603 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3604 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3605 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3606 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3607 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3608 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3609 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3610 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3612 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3614 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3615 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3616 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3617 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3618 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3619 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3621 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3622 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3623 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3624 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3625 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3626 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3627 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3628 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3629 static bool is_c_family (void);
3630 static bool is_cxx (void);
3631 static bool is_java (void);
3632 static bool is_fortran (void);
3633 static bool is_ada (void);
3634 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3635 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3636 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3637 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3638 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3639 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3640 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3641 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3642 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3643 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3644 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3645 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3646 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3647 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3648 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3649 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3651 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3652 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3653 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3654 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3655 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3656 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3657 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3658 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3659 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3660 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3661 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3662 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3663 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3664 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3665 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3666 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3667 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3668 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3669 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3670 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3672 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3673 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3674 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3675 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3676 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3677 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3678 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3679 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3680 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3681 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3682 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3683 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3684 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3685 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3686 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3687 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3688 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3689 static void output_pubnames (void);
3690 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3691 static void output_aranges (void);
3692 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3693 static void output_ranges (void);
3694 static void output_line_info (void);
3695 static void output_file_names (void);
3696 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3697 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3698 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3699 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3700 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
);
3701 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3702 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3703 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3704 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3705 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3706 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3707 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3708 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3709 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3710 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3713 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3714 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3715 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3716 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3717 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3718 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3719 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3720 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3722 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3723 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3724 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3725 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3726 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3727 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3728 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3729 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3730 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3731 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3732 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3733 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3735 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3736 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3737 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3738 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3739 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3740 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3741 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3742 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3743 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3744 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3745 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3746 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3748 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3750 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3757 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3759 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3761 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3763 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3766 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3767 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3770 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3773 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3777 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3778 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3779 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3780 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3781 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3782 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3783 static void init_file_table (void);
3784 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3785 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3786 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3787 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3788 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3789 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3790 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3791 const char *, const char *,
3793 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3794 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3796 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3797 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3798 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3799 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3800 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3801 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3802 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3804 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3805 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3806 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3808 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3809 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3811 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3812 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3814 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3815 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3817 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3818 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3820 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3821 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3823 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3824 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3826 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3827 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3829 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3830 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3833 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3834 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3835 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3838 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3839 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3840 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3841 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3844 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3845 the section names themselves. */
3847 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3848 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3850 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3851 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3853 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3854 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3856 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3857 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3859 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3860 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3862 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3863 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3865 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3866 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3869 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3870 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3871 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3872 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3873 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3875 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3876 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3877 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3878 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3879 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3880 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3881 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3882 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3884 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3885 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3887 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3888 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3890 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3891 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3893 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3894 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3896 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3897 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3900 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3901 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3903 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3906 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3908 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3911 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3914 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3916 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3917 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3918 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3921 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3925 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3927 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3929 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3930 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3931 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3932 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3934 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3935 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3936 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3941 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3944 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3946 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3948 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3949 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3952 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3955 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3959 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3960 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3961 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3962 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3963 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3964 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3965 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3966 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3967 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3968 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3969 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3970 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3971 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3972 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3974 return "DW_TAG_label";
3975 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3978 return "DW_TAG_member";
3979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3981 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3982 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3983 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3984 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3985 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3986 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3987 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3988 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3989 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3990 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3991 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3992 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3993 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3994 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3995 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3996 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3997 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3998 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3999 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4000 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4001 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4002 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4003 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4004 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4005 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4006 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4008 return "DW_TAG_module";
4009 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4010 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4011 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4012 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4013 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4014 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4017 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4019 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4021 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4023 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4024 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4025 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4026 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4027 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4029 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4030 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4032 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4033 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4035 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4036 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4037 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4041 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4043 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4045 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4047 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4048 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4049 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4050 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4051 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4052 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4053 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4054 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4055 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4056 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4057 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4058 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4059 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4060 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4061 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4062 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4063 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4064 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4065 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4066 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4068 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4072 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4075 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4080 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4081 case DW_AT_location
:
4082 return "DW_AT_location";
4084 return "DW_AT_name";
4085 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4086 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4087 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4088 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4089 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4090 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4091 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4092 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4093 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4094 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4095 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4096 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4097 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4098 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4100 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4102 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4103 case DW_AT_language
:
4104 return "DW_AT_language";
4106 return "DW_AT_member";
4108 return "DW_AT_discr";
4109 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4110 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4111 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4112 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4114 return "DW_AT_import";
4115 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4116 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4117 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4118 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4119 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4120 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4121 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4122 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4123 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4124 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4125 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4126 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4128 return "DW_AT_inline";
4129 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4130 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4131 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4132 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4133 case DW_AT_producer
:
4134 return "DW_AT_producer";
4135 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4136 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4137 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4138 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4139 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4140 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4141 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4142 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4143 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4144 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4145 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4146 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4147 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4148 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4149 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4150 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4151 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4152 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4153 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4154 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4155 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4156 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4158 return "DW_AT_count";
4159 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4160 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4161 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4162 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4163 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4164 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4165 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4166 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4167 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4168 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4169 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4170 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4171 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4172 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4173 case DW_AT_external
:
4174 return "DW_AT_external";
4175 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4176 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4178 return "DW_AT_friend";
4179 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4180 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4181 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4182 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4183 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4184 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4185 case DW_AT_priority
:
4186 return "DW_AT_priority";
4188 return "DW_AT_segment";
4189 case DW_AT_specification
:
4190 return "DW_AT_specification";
4191 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4192 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4194 return "DW_AT_type";
4195 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4196 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4197 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4198 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4199 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4200 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4201 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4202 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4204 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4205 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4206 case DW_AT_associated
:
4207 return "DW_AT_associated";
4208 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4209 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4211 return "DW_AT_stride";
4212 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4213 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4214 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4215 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4216 case DW_AT_extension
:
4217 return "DW_AT_extension";
4219 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4220 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4221 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4222 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4223 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4224 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4225 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4226 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4227 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4229 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4230 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4231 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4232 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4233 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4234 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4235 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4236 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4237 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4238 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4239 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4240 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4241 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4242 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4243 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4244 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4245 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4246 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4247 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4248 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4249 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4250 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4252 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4253 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4254 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4255 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4256 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4257 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4258 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4259 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4260 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4261 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4262 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4263 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4264 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4265 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4267 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4268 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4271 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4275 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4278 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4283 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4284 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4285 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4286 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4287 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4289 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4291 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4293 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4294 case DW_FORM_string
:
4295 return "DW_FORM_string";
4297 return "DW_FORM_block";
4298 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4299 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4301 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4303 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4305 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4307 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4309 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4310 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4311 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4313 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4315 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4317 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4319 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4320 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4321 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4322 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4323 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4325 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4329 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4333 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4337 case DW_ATE_address
:
4338 return "DW_ATE_address";
4339 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4340 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4341 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4342 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4344 return "DW_ATE_float";
4346 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4347 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4348 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4349 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4350 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4351 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4352 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4354 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4359 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4360 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4361 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4362 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4366 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4368 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4369 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4370 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4371 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4374 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4375 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4376 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4377 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4381 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4384 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4385 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4386 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4387 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4391 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4393 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4395 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4396 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4397 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4398 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4401 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4406 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4410 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4411 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4412 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4414 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4420 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4421 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4425 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4427 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4429 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4430 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4432 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4433 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4435 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4436 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4441 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4442 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4445 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4447 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4449 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4450 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4454 static inline enum dw_val_class
4455 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4457 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4460 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4463 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4465 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4467 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4468 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4469 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4470 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4471 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4474 static inline unsigned
4475 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4477 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4478 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4483 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4486 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4488 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4490 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4491 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4492 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4493 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4494 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4497 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4498 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4500 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4501 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4506 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4509 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4510 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4512 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4514 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4515 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4516 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4517 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4518 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4521 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4522 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4524 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4525 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4530 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4533 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4534 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4536 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4538 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4539 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4540 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4541 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4542 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4543 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4546 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4549 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4550 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4552 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4554 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4555 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4556 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4557 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4558 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4559 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4562 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4565 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4567 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4571 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4573 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4574 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4577 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4580 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4582 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4583 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4586 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4587 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4588 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4590 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4591 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4593 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4594 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4595 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4598 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4599 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4600 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4601 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4602 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4605 static inline const char *
4606 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4608 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4609 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4614 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4615 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4618 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4620 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4622 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4626 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4630 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4632 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4633 always better to put it inline. */
4634 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4635 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4637 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4638 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4640 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4641 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4642 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4645 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4646 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4648 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4654 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4657 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4659 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4661 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4662 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4663 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4664 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4665 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4666 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4669 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4670 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4673 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4675 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4676 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4678 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4681 static inline dw_die_ref
4682 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4684 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4685 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4691 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4693 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4694 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4700 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4702 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4703 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4708 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4711 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4713 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4715 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4716 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4717 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4718 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4719 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4722 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4725 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4727 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4729 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4730 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4731 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4732 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4733 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4736 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4737 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4739 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4740 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4746 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4748 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4750 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4751 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4752 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4753 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4754 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4755 have_location_lists
= 1;
4758 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4759 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4761 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4762 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4767 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4770 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4772 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4774 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4775 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4776 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4777 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4778 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4782 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4784 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4785 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4790 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4793 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4795 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4797 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4798 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4799 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4800 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4801 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4804 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4807 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4809 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4811 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4812 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4814 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4815 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4818 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4821 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4822 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4824 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4826 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4828 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4829 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4830 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4833 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4836 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4837 long unsigned int offset
)
4839 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4841 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4842 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4843 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4844 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4845 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4848 static inline const char *
4849 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4851 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4852 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4853 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4858 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4860 static inline dw_attr_ref
4861 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4864 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4868 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4869 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4871 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4872 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4876 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4882 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4883 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4884 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4886 static inline const char *
4887 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4889 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4891 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4894 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4895 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4896 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4898 static inline const char *
4899 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4901 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4903 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4906 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4907 NULL if it is not present. */
4909 static inline const char *
4910 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4912 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4914 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4917 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4918 if it is not present. */
4921 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4923 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4925 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4928 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4929 if it is not present. */
4931 static inline unsigned
4932 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4934 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4936 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4939 static inline dw_die_ref
4940 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4942 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4944 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4947 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4952 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4954 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4955 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4958 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4963 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4964 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4967 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4972 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4974 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4977 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4982 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4984 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4987 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4992 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4994 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
4997 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4999 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5001 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5003 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5004 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5005 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5008 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5011 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5014 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5018 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5019 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5022 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5031 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5034 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5036 remove_children (die
);
5039 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5042 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5044 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5046 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5048 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5050 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5053 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5055 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5057 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5059 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5067 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5068 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5071 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5073 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5075 if (die
== child_die
)
5078 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5079 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5080 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5084 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5085 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5088 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5092 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5093 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5094 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5096 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5102 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5103 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5106 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5109 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5113 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5114 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5115 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5118 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5120 static inline dw_die_ref
5121 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5123 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5125 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5127 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5128 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5131 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5133 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5134 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5135 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5136 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5137 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5143 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5145 static inline dw_die_ref
5146 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5148 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5151 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5154 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5156 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5159 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5161 static inline dw_die_ref
5162 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5164 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5166 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5169 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5172 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5174 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5175 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5177 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5180 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5181 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5182 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5184 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5185 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5187 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5188 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5189 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5192 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5193 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5195 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5198 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5199 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5200 the DIE internal representation. */
5201 static int print_indent
;
5203 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5206 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5208 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5211 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5212 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5215 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5220 print_spaces (outfile
);
5221 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5222 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5223 print_spaces (outfile
);
5224 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5225 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5227 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5229 print_spaces (outfile
);
5230 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5232 switch (AT_class (a
))
5234 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5235 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5237 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5238 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5240 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5241 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5243 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5244 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5245 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5247 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5248 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5250 case dw_val_class_const
:
5251 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5253 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5254 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5256 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5257 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5258 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5259 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5261 case dw_val_class_float
:
5262 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5264 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5265 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5267 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5268 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5270 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5271 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5273 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5276 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5278 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5279 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5280 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5282 case dw_val_class_str
:
5283 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5284 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5286 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5292 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5295 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5298 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5299 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5303 if (print_indent
== 0)
5304 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5307 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5308 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5311 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5314 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5316 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5317 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5319 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5320 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5321 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5322 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5323 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5324 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5327 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5330 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5333 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5335 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5338 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5339 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5345 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5346 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5347 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5350 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5351 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5352 they are in order of addition. */
5355 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5357 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5358 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5360 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5362 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5363 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5369 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5376 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5379 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5380 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5381 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5382 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5383 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5386 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5390 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5392 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5393 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5396 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5397 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5398 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5401 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5403 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5404 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5406 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5410 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5413 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5415 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5417 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5421 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5422 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5424 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5427 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5429 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5430 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5431 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5434 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5437 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5439 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5442 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5444 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5445 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5446 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5447 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5448 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5451 switch (AT_class (at
))
5453 case dw_val_class_const
:
5454 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5456 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5457 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5459 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5460 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5462 case dw_val_class_float
:
5463 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5465 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5466 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5468 case dw_val_class_str
:
5469 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5472 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5474 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5477 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5485 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5486 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5489 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5490 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5491 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5494 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5495 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5498 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5499 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5500 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5508 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5511 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5516 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5519 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5522 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5524 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5526 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5527 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5529 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5530 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5534 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5536 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5538 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5540 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5541 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5542 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5545 /* Do the values look the same? */
5547 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5549 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5553 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5556 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5558 case dw_val_class_const
:
5559 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5560 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5561 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5562 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5563 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5564 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5565 case dw_val_class_float
:
5566 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5568 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5569 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5572 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5573 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5574 case dw_val_class_str
:
5575 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5577 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5578 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5579 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5580 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5582 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5585 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5591 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5592 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5594 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5595 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5597 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5598 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5600 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5602 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5603 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5605 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5606 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5607 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5615 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5618 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5620 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5623 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5624 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5625 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5626 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5627 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5630 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5633 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5636 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5641 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5643 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5644 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5646 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5649 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5651 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5652 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5657 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5659 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5660 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5668 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5671 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5674 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5676 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5677 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5682 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5684 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5686 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5687 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5689 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5690 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5693 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5695 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5696 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5697 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5700 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5703 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5704 the name filename of the unit. */
5706 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5708 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5709 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5710 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5712 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5713 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5715 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5716 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5718 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5722 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5723 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5726 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5729 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5731 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5733 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5734 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5735 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5736 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5737 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5738 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5739 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5740 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5741 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5742 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5743 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5744 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5745 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5746 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5747 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5748 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5749 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5750 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5757 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5758 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5759 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5760 compilations (functions). */
5763 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5765 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5766 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5767 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5768 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5770 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5773 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5774 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5775 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5776 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5778 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5780 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5783 return is_type_die (c
);
5786 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5787 compilation unit. */
5790 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5792 return (is_type_die (c
)
5793 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5794 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5798 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5803 return xstrdup (buf
);
5806 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5809 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5813 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5815 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5817 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5819 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5820 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5821 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5824 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5827 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5828 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5831 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5834 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5835 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5838 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5840 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5842 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5844 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5848 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5850 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5851 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5853 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5857 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5859 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5869 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5872 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5874 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5875 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5877 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5879 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5880 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5884 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5886 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5892 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5896 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5898 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5899 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5905 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5907 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5909 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5911 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5912 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5916 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5919 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5920 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5921 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5924 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5927 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5928 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5929 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5931 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5933 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5935 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5936 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5938 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5941 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5943 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5946 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5948 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5952 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5956 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5957 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5963 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5964 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5969 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5970 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5971 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5977 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5978 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5979 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5980 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5982 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5985 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5986 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5987 comdat_symbol_number
);
5990 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
5993 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5994 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5995 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5998 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6002 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6003 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6004 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6005 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6007 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6008 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6011 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6014 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6019 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6020 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6021 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6023 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6024 output_location_lists (c
);
6028 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6029 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6030 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6031 die are visited recursively. */
6034 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6036 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6037 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6039 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6041 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6042 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6043 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6044 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6045 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6047 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6050 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6053 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6055 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6057 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6059 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6061 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6062 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6064 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6066 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6067 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6070 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6071 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6074 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6080 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6082 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6084 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6085 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6086 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6088 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6089 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6090 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6093 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6094 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6097 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6098 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6099 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6102 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6105 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6112 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6115 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6120 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6121 .debug_info section. */
6123 static unsigned long
6124 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6126 unsigned long size
= 0;
6129 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6130 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6132 switch (AT_class (a
))
6134 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6135 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6137 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6138 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6140 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6142 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6145 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6149 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6150 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6152 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6153 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6155 case dw_val_class_const
:
6156 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6158 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6159 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6161 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6162 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6164 case dw_val_class_float
:
6165 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6167 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6170 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6171 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6172 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6174 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6176 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6177 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6179 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6180 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6182 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6183 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6185 case dw_val_class_str
:
6186 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6187 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6189 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6199 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6200 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6201 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6202 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6205 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6209 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6210 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6212 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6215 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6216 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6217 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6220 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6221 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6222 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6223 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6226 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6234 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6238 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6241 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6249 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6253 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6256 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6265 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6266 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6268 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6269 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6270 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6273 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6274 compilation unit. */
6276 static unsigned long
6277 size_of_pubnames (void)
6282 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6283 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6285 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6286 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6289 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6293 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6295 static unsigned long
6296 size_of_aranges (void)
6300 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6302 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6303 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6304 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6306 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6307 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6311 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6313 static enum dwarf_form
6314 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6316 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6318 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6319 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6320 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6321 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6322 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6323 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6324 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6325 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6327 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6328 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6329 .debug_loc section */
6330 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6331 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6332 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6335 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6337 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6341 case dw_val_class_const
:
6342 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6343 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6344 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6347 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6349 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6351 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6353 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6357 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6358 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6359 case dw_val_class_float
:
6360 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6361 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6362 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6363 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6364 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6365 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6369 return DW_FORM_data
;
6370 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6371 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6372 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6373 return DW_FORM_data
;
6374 case dw_val_class_str
:
6375 return AT_string_form (a
);
6382 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6385 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6387 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6389 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6392 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6396 output_abbrev_section (void)
6398 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6402 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6404 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6406 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6408 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6410 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6411 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6415 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6416 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6419 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6420 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6424 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6427 /* Terminate the table. */
6428 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6431 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6434 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6436 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6441 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6442 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6443 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6445 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6447 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6450 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6451 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6452 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6454 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6455 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6456 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6458 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6460 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6462 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6463 retlist
->section
= section
;
6465 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6470 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6473 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6474 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6475 const char *section
)
6479 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6480 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6483 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6484 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6487 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6490 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6492 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6494 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6496 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6497 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6498 in more than one section. */
6499 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6501 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6502 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6503 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6504 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6505 "Location list base address specifier base");
6508 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6512 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6513 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6514 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6516 "Location list end address (%s)",
6517 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6518 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6520 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6523 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6525 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6528 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6529 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6530 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6531 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6532 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6533 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6536 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6537 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6540 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6546 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6547 them to point to. */
6548 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6549 output_die_symbol (die
);
6551 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6552 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6554 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6556 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6558 switch (AT_class (a
))
6560 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6561 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6564 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6565 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6569 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6571 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6573 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6574 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6575 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6581 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6582 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6584 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6587 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6590 case dw_val_class_const
:
6591 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6592 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6593 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6594 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6597 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6599 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6602 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6604 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6606 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6607 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6610 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6612 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6613 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6617 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6618 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6621 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6622 first
, "long long constant");
6623 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6628 case dw_val_class_float
:
6632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6635 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6636 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6637 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6641 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6645 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6647 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6651 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6652 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6656 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6657 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6659 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6663 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6665 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6668 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6672 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6676 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6677 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6678 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6682 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6683 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6686 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6687 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6690 case dw_val_class_str
:
6691 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6692 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6693 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6694 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6696 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6704 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6707 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6708 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6713 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6714 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6717 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6719 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6720 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6721 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6723 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6724 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6725 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6726 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6727 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6731 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6734 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6736 const char *secname
;
6739 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6740 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6743 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6744 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6745 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6746 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6747 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6750 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6752 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6753 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6754 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6756 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6759 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6761 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6763 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6766 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6768 /* Output debugging information. */
6769 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6770 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6773 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6778 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6782 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6783 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6784 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6787 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6789 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6792 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6795 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6799 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6802 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6804 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6806 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6807 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6808 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6809 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6812 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6814 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6817 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6818 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6819 visible procedures. */
6822 output_pubnames (void)
6825 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6827 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6828 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6829 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6830 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6831 "Length of Public Names Info");
6832 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6833 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6834 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6835 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6836 "Compilation Unit Length");
6838 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6840 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6842 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6843 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6846 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6849 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6855 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6858 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6860 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6863 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6865 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6866 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6867 (arange_table_allocated
6868 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6869 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6870 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6873 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6876 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6877 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6878 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6881 output_aranges (void)
6884 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6886 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6887 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6888 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6889 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6890 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6891 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6892 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6893 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6894 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6895 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6897 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6898 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6900 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6903 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6904 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6908 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6909 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6910 text_section_label
, "Length");
6912 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6914 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6916 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6917 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6920 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6922 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6924 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6925 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6929 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6930 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6931 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6932 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6933 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6935 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6939 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6942 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6943 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6944 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6945 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6950 /* Output the terminator words. */
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6952 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6955 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6959 add_ranges (tree block
)
6961 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6963 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6965 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6967 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6968 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6969 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6970 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6973 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6974 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6976 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6980 output_ranges (void)
6983 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6984 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6986 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6988 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6992 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6993 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6995 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6996 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6998 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6999 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7000 base of the text section. */
7001 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7003 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7005 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7006 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7007 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7010 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7011 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7012 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7013 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7016 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7017 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7018 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7025 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7026 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7032 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7035 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7036 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7037 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7038 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7039 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7042 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7046 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7047 int length
; /* Path length. */
7048 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7049 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7050 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7051 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7054 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7055 the directories in the path. */
7058 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7060 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7061 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7065 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7066 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7067 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7068 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7069 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7070 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7071 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7073 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7074 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7080 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7081 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7082 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7083 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7084 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7086 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7087 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7092 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7093 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7094 slowdowns with many input files. */
7097 output_file_names (void)
7099 struct file_info
*files
;
7100 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7109 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7110 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7117 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7118 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7119 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7121 /* Sort the file names. */
7122 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7126 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7127 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7128 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7131 /* Create a new array entry. */
7133 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7134 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7136 /* Search for the file name part. */
7137 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7138 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7141 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7142 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7144 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7145 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7146 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7147 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7149 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7151 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7154 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7155 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7156 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7157 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7159 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7160 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7161 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7167 /* This is a new directory. */
7168 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7169 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7170 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7171 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7172 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7173 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7175 /* Search for a prefix. */
7176 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7177 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7178 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7179 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7180 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7181 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7182 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7183 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7188 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7189 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7190 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7191 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7192 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7193 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7194 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7195 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7197 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7198 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7203 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7204 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7205 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7206 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7208 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7211 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7213 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7218 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7223 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7224 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7226 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7227 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7232 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7234 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7236 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7237 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7238 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7240 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7241 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7243 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7244 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7249 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7250 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7251 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7252 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7253 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7255 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7257 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7258 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7261 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7262 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7263 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7264 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7265 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7267 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7268 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7269 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7271 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7272 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7273 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7278 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7280 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7283 /* Now write all the file names. */
7284 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7286 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7287 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7289 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7290 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7292 /* Include directory index. */
7293 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7295 /* Modification time. */
7296 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7298 /* File length in bytes. */
7299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7302 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7306 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7307 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7310 output_line_info (void)
7312 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7313 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7314 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7317 unsigned long lt_index
;
7318 unsigned long current_line
;
7321 unsigned long current_file
;
7322 unsigned long function
;
7324 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7325 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7326 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7327 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7329 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7330 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7331 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7332 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7333 "Length of Source Line Info");
7334 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7336 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7337 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7338 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7340 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7341 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7342 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7343 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7344 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7345 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7346 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7347 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7349 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7352 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7354 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7356 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7358 "Special Opcode Base");
7360 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7364 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7365 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7366 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7367 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7368 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7380 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7381 output_file_names ();
7382 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7384 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7385 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7386 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7388 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7389 a series of state machine operations. */
7392 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7393 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7395 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7398 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7399 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7402 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7403 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7404 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7405 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7406 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7410 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7412 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7413 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7414 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7415 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7416 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7417 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7419 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7422 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7424 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7425 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7429 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7430 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7431 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7432 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7433 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7434 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7437 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7439 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7440 different from the previous line. */
7441 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7443 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7446 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7450 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7451 that uses the least amount of space. */
7452 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7454 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7455 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7456 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7457 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7458 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7459 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7461 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7462 "line %lu", current_line
);
7465 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7466 depending on the value being encoded. */
7467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7468 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7469 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7474 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7475 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7478 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7481 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7482 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7483 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7488 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7489 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7490 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7495 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7500 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7502 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7503 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7506 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7507 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7508 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7509 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7513 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7514 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7515 to handle it differently. */
7516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7518 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7520 function
= line_info
->function
;
7522 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7526 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7530 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7534 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7535 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7539 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7540 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7542 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7546 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7548 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7549 different from the previous line. */
7550 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7552 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7554 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7555 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7559 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7560 that uses the least amount of space. */
7561 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7563 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7564 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7565 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7566 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7567 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7568 "line %lu", current_line
);
7571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7572 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7573 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7578 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7586 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7587 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7588 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7593 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7598 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7599 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7604 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7606 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7609 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7611 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7616 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7617 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7620 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7621 a DIE that describes the given type.
7623 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7624 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7627 base_type_die (tree type
)
7629 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7630 const char *type_name
;
7631 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7632 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7634 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7639 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7640 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7642 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7645 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7647 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7650 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7651 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7652 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7654 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7655 && (type
== char_type_node
7656 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7657 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7659 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7660 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7662 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7665 /* else fall through. */
7668 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7669 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7670 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7672 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7676 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7679 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7680 a user defined type for it. */
7682 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7683 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7685 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7689 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7690 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7694 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7698 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7699 if (demangle_name_func
)
7700 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7702 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7703 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7704 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7705 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7707 return base_type_result
;
7710 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7711 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7712 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7713 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7714 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7715 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7716 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7717 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7720 root_type (tree type
)
7722 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7723 return error_mark_node
;
7725 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7728 return error_mark_node
;
7731 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7732 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7735 return type_main_variant (type
);
7739 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7740 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7743 is_base_type (tree type
)
7745 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7760 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7765 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7779 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7780 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7781 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7782 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7785 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7786 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7788 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7789 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7790 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7792 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7793 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7795 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7798 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7799 emitted as a subrange type. */
7802 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7804 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
7805 we are compiling Ada code. */
7806 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7807 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
7808 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7809 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
7812 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7813 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7816 subrange_type_die (tree type
)
7818 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7819 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7820 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7822 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7824 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7825 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7827 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7828 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7829 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7830 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7831 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7832 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7833 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7834 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7835 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7837 return subrange_die
;
7840 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7841 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7844 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7845 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7847 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7848 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7849 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7850 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7852 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7854 tree qualified_type
;
7856 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7859 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7860 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7862 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7864 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7867 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7869 return mod_type_die
;
7872 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7873 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7874 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7875 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7877 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7878 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7880 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7882 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7883 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7884 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7886 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7887 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7888 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7889 type to which it refers. */
7891 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7892 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7895 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7901 else if (is_const_type
)
7903 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7904 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7906 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7908 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7909 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7911 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7913 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7914 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7915 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7917 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7919 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7921 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7923 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7924 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7925 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7927 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7929 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7931 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7932 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
7933 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7934 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7937 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7939 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7940 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7941 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7942 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7943 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7945 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7946 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7948 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7949 not the main variant. */
7950 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7951 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7955 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7956 type
= qualified_type
;
7960 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7962 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7963 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7964 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7965 types are possible in Ada. */
7966 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7967 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7968 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7971 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7972 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7974 return mod_type_die
;
7977 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7978 an enumerated type. */
7981 type_is_enum (tree type
)
7983 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7986 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7989 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
7991 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7993 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7996 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7999 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8000 zero if there is none. */
8002 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8003 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8008 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8011 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8012 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8014 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8016 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8018 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8021 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8022 a given hard register number. */
8024 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8025 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8028 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8030 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8033 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8034 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8036 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8037 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8041 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8043 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8044 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8046 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8047 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8049 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8056 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8057 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8058 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8064 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8066 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8069 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8072 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8076 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8077 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8078 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8079 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8084 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8086 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8087 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8089 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8091 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8092 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8096 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8099 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8101 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8111 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8113 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8114 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8120 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8123 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8125 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8126 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8128 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8129 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8130 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8132 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8133 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8134 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8137 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8139 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8141 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8146 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8149 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8151 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8152 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8153 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8154 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8157 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8158 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8159 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8160 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8162 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8163 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8164 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8165 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8167 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8168 autoincrement addressing modes.
8170 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8172 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8173 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8175 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8177 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8178 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8179 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8180 zeroth element of the array. */
8182 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8184 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8189 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8190 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8192 /* ... fall through ... */
8195 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8196 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8197 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8198 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8199 contains the given subreg. */
8200 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8202 /* ... fall through ... */
8205 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8206 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8207 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8208 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8209 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8210 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8211 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8212 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8213 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8214 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8215 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8216 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8217 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8218 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8219 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8223 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8224 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8225 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8229 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8231 /* ... fall through ... */
8234 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8235 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8239 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8240 by a different symbol. */
8241 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8244 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8246 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8249 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8250 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8255 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8256 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8257 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8258 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8263 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8264 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8265 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8266 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8270 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8272 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8277 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8279 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8280 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8281 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8282 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8284 /* ... fall through ... */
8288 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8289 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8290 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8293 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8294 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8297 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8298 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8299 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8300 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8301 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8304 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8305 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8306 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8307 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8314 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8315 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8316 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8317 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8319 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8322 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8323 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8324 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8329 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8333 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8335 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8336 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8344 return mem_loc_result
;
8347 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8348 This is typically a complex variable. */
8350 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8351 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8353 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8354 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8355 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8357 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8360 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8361 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8362 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8363 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8365 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8366 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8367 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8368 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8370 return cc_loc_result
;
8373 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8374 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8375 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8376 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8377 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8379 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8381 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8382 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8384 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8386 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8389 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8390 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8391 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8392 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8393 contains the given subreg. */
8394 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8396 /* ... fall through ... */
8399 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8403 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8407 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8417 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8418 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8419 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8420 descriptor, return 0. */
8422 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8423 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8425 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8427 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8428 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8430 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8431 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8434 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8439 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8440 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8441 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8442 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8443 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8444 the names of types. */
8451 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8452 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8453 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8454 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8455 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8456 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8457 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8458 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8461 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8462 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8466 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8470 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8471 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8475 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8476 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8477 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8480 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8481 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8484 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8486 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8487 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8490 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8491 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8492 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8494 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8495 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8504 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8506 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8508 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8510 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8511 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8512 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8517 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8519 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8522 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8525 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8531 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8536 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8540 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8541 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8544 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8549 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8552 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8553 enum machine_mode mode
;
8556 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8557 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8562 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8564 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8567 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8569 /* Variable offset. */
8570 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8571 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8577 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8579 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8580 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8582 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8583 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8589 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8590 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8597 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8598 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8599 enum machine_mode mode
;
8601 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8603 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8604 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8606 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8609 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8613 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8614 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8619 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8625 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8630 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8632 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8633 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8641 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8643 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8644 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8657 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8661 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8662 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8664 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8668 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8669 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8670 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8680 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8687 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8694 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8701 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8716 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8717 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8718 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8721 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8722 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8725 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8739 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8743 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8747 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8748 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8749 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8750 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8752 /* ... fall through ... */
8756 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8757 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8758 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8759 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8760 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8762 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8763 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8766 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8767 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8769 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8770 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8771 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8773 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8774 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8775 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8777 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8778 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8779 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8780 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8781 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8786 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8787 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8788 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8789 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8792 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8793 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8797 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8798 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8801 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8802 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8804 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8806 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8808 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8811 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8813 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8819 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8820 which is not less than the value itself. */
8822 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8823 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8825 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8828 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8829 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8830 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8834 field_type (tree decl
)
8838 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8839 return integer_type_node
;
8841 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8842 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8843 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8848 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8849 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8850 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8852 static inline unsigned
8853 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8855 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8858 static inline unsigned
8859 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8861 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8864 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8865 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8866 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8867 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8868 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8871 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8872 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8874 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8875 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8876 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8877 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8879 tree field_size_tree
;
8880 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8881 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8882 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8884 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8886 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8889 type
= field_type (decl
);
8890 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8892 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8893 a flexible array member. */
8894 if (! field_size_tree
)
8895 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8897 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8898 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8899 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8900 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8903 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8905 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8906 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8907 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8909 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8911 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8912 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8913 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8915 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8916 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8917 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8918 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8919 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8920 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8921 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8922 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8924 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8926 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8927 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8928 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8929 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8930 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8931 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8932 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8933 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8934 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8935 bits of the bit-field itself.
8937 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8938 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8939 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8940 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8941 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8942 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8943 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8944 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8945 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8947 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8948 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8949 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8950 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8951 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8952 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8954 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8955 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8956 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8958 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8959 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8960 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8962 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8963 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8964 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8965 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8967 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8969 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8970 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8972 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8973 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8974 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8975 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8978 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8981 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8982 associated with them. */
8984 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8986 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8987 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8988 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8991 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
8992 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
8995 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8998 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8999 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9000 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9001 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9002 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9003 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9006 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9007 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9008 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9009 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9010 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9011 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9012 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9013 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9014 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9018 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9020 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9021 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9023 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9025 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9026 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9028 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9029 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9030 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9031 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9033 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9035 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9037 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9039 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9040 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9041 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9043 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9044 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9045 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9047 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9048 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9052 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9053 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9054 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9055 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9057 /* Extract the offset. */
9058 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9059 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9061 /* Add it to the object address. */
9062 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9063 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9066 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9069 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9073 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9075 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9076 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9077 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9079 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9080 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9081 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9085 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9088 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9091 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9094 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9095 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9096 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9097 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9098 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9101 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9103 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9106 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9107 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9108 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9109 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9110 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9112 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9115 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9117 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9122 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9123 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9124 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9125 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9127 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9129 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9131 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9132 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9135 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9136 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9138 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9142 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9143 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9146 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9147 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9153 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9159 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9160 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9164 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9165 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9166 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9167 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9168 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9169 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9170 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9171 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9172 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9173 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9174 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9178 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9185 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9189 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9190 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9191 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9193 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9194 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9195 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9196 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9197 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9198 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9199 referenced within the function.
9201 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9202 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9203 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9204 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9206 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9207 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9208 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9209 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9210 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9211 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9213 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9214 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9215 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9216 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9217 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9218 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9219 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9220 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9221 output at debug-time.
9223 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9224 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9225 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9226 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9227 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9228 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9229 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9230 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9231 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9232 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9233 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9234 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9235 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9237 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9238 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9239 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9240 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9241 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9242 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9243 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9244 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9247 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9248 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9249 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9250 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9251 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9252 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9253 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9254 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9255 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9256 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9257 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9258 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9259 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9262 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9263 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9265 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9266 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9268 if (! reload_completed
)
9271 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9272 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9273 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9274 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9275 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9276 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9278 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9283 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9285 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9287 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9288 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9290 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9291 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9292 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9293 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9294 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9295 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9296 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9297 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9298 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9299 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9302 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9303 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9304 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9305 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9306 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9307 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9309 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9310 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9311 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9312 /* Not passed in memory. */
9313 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9314 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9315 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9316 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9317 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9318 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9319 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9322 /* Big endian correction check. */
9324 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9325 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9328 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9329 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9331 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9332 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9336 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9338 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9339 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9340 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9341 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9345 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9346 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9347 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9348 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9350 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9351 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9352 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9353 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9355 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9356 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9357 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9358 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9359 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9361 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9363 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9364 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9365 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9366 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9367 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9368 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9370 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9371 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9372 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9373 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9374 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9376 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9377 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9378 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9379 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9385 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9387 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9388 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9389 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9391 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9396 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9397 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9398 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9399 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9400 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9401 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9402 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9403 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9404 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9405 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9408 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9411 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9413 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9415 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9418 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9419 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9422 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9425 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9426 don't emit anything. */
9436 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9437 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9441 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9443 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9444 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9445 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9446 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9447 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9454 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9456 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9461 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9462 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9463 enum machine_mode mode
;
9466 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9467 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9468 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9469 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9470 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9471 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9473 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9475 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9476 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9477 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9478 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9479 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9480 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9483 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9491 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9492 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9493 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9496 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9498 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9499 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9501 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9502 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9507 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9510 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9511 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9512 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9514 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9515 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9516 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9523 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9524 the value of the attribute. */
9527 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9529 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9531 if (demangle_name_func
)
9532 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9534 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9538 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9541 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9543 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9545 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9548 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9549 a representation for that bound. */
9552 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9554 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9559 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9561 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9562 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9563 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9564 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9565 /* use the default */
9568 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9573 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9574 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9575 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9579 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9580 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9581 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9582 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9583 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9584 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9585 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9586 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9587 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9588 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9589 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9590 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9591 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9592 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9593 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9594 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9595 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9596 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9598 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9599 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9600 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9601 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9602 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9604 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9605 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9606 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9608 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9609 it references an outer function's frame. */
9610 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9612 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9614 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9615 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9618 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9619 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9620 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9621 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9622 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9625 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9631 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9633 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9634 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9635 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9636 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9638 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9639 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9645 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9646 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9648 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9649 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9651 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9655 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9656 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9658 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9660 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9661 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9662 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9663 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9664 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9666 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9667 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9669 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9670 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9671 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9672 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9674 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9680 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9681 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9684 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9686 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9687 unsigned dimension_number
;
9690 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9692 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9693 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9694 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9695 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9696 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9697 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9698 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9699 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9701 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9702 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9703 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9704 gen_array_type_die. */
9705 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9706 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9707 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9708 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9711 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9713 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9714 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9716 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9719 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9720 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9721 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9723 /* Define the index type. */
9724 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9726 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9727 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9728 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9729 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9730 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9731 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9732 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9735 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9739 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9740 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9742 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9743 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9744 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9746 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9748 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9751 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9752 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9758 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9762 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9770 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9771 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9774 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9775 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9776 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9777 even for bit-fields. */
9778 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9784 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9785 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9786 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9787 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9788 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9791 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9792 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9793 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9796 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9797 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9798 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9799 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9800 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9801 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9803 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9804 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9805 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9808 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9810 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9811 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9812 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9813 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9814 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9815 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9817 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9819 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9822 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9823 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9824 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9825 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9826 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9829 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9831 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9832 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9833 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9834 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9835 below must take account of these differences. */
9836 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9837 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9839 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9841 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9842 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9846 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9847 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9848 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9850 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9853 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9854 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9857 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9859 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9860 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9861 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9864 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9865 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9868 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9869 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9872 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9874 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9875 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9876 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9879 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9880 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9884 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9886 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9888 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9890 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9891 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9892 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9894 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9895 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9899 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9901 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9903 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9906 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9907 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9908 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9909 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9911 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9914 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9917 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9920 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9922 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9924 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9926 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9927 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9928 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9929 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9932 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9933 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9934 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9935 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9939 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9942 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9944 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9946 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9947 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9950 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9951 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9954 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9958 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9959 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9961 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9962 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9963 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9965 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9966 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9967 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9968 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9969 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9970 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9973 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9974 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9975 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9976 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9978 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9979 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9980 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9985 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9988 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
9990 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9993 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9996 pop_decl_scope (void)
9998 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10001 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10004 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10005 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10006 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10007 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10008 the current active scope. */
10011 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10013 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10014 tree containing_scope
;
10017 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10021 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10023 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10024 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10025 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10027 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10028 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10029 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10030 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10031 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10033 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10034 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10035 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10037 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10038 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10039 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10040 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10041 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10046 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10047 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10050 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10051 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10054 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10057 scope_die
= context_die
;
10062 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10065 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10067 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10068 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10069 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10075 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10078 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10080 return (context_die
10081 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10082 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10085 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10086 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10087 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10090 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10091 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10093 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10094 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10096 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10097 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10098 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10099 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10100 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10101 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10102 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10104 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10105 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10106 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10107 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10108 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10111 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10112 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10113 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10116 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10117 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10120 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10121 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10122 was declared without a tag. */
10124 static const char *
10125 type_tag (tree type
)
10127 const char *name
= 0;
10129 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10133 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10134 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10135 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10137 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10138 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10140 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10141 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10142 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10144 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10146 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10149 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10152 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10153 for bit field types. */
10156 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10158 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10159 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10162 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10163 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10166 static const char *
10167 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10170 const char *fnname
;
10172 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10173 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10177 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10180 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10185 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10186 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10187 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10190 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10192 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10193 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10196 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10197 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10198 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10199 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10200 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10203 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10204 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10205 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10207 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10209 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10210 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10211 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10212 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10216 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10217 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10218 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10219 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10220 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10221 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10222 for multidimensional arrays. */
10223 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10226 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10227 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10228 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10229 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10230 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10233 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10235 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10236 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10238 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10239 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10240 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10241 add_subscript_info. */
10242 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10243 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10244 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10246 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10249 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10253 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10255 dw_die_ref type_die
10256 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10258 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10259 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10264 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10266 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10267 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10269 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10270 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10273 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10274 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10275 0, 0, context_die
);
10278 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10279 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10281 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10285 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10286 emit full debugging info for them. */
10289 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10293 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10294 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10297 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10300 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10302 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10304 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10305 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10306 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10309 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10312 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10314 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10316 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10317 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10318 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10321 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10324 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10326 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10328 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10329 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10330 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10333 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10334 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10335 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10339 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10341 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10343 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10345 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10346 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10347 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10348 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10350 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10353 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10355 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10356 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10357 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10358 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10362 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10363 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10364 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10365 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10367 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10368 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10369 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10370 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10372 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10373 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10375 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10377 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10378 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10380 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10381 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10383 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10384 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10385 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10387 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10388 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10393 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10396 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10397 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10400 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10401 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10402 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10403 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10404 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10405 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10406 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10407 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10410 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10412 dw_die_ref parm_die
10413 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10416 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10419 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10420 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10421 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10424 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10425 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10426 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10427 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10429 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10430 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10433 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10434 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10435 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10440 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10441 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10451 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10452 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10455 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10457 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10460 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10461 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10462 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10463 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10466 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10469 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10470 tree first_parm_type
;
10473 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10475 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10476 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10481 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10483 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10484 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10485 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10487 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10489 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10490 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10493 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10494 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10495 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10496 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10497 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10498 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10500 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10502 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10505 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10506 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10507 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10508 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10510 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10511 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10512 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10513 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10514 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10515 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10518 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10519 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10520 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10521 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10522 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10525 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10527 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10529 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10530 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10531 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10532 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10534 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10537 push_decl_scope (type
);
10538 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10539 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10541 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10547 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10548 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10551 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10553 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10556 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10558 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10559 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10561 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10562 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10563 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10566 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10567 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10568 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10570 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10572 gen_type_die_for_member
10573 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10576 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10577 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10578 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10580 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10581 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10582 if (! was_abstract
)
10583 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10585 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10588 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10592 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10594 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10595 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10596 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10600 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10601 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10602 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10604 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10605 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10606 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10607 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10608 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10610 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10611 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10618 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10620 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10623 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10624 inline function. */
10625 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10626 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10628 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10629 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10633 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10635 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10636 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10637 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10638 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10639 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10641 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10642 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10643 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10644 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10645 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10651 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10652 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10653 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10654 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10655 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10656 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10657 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10658 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10659 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10660 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10661 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10662 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10664 subr_die
= old_die
;
10666 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10667 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10668 remove_children (subr_die
);
10672 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10673 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
10674 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10675 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10676 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10677 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10679 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10684 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10686 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10687 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10689 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10690 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10692 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10693 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10694 0, 0, context_die
);
10697 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10698 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10699 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10701 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10702 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10703 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10704 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10709 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10711 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10713 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10714 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10715 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10716 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10717 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10718 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10721 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10723 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10725 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10726 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10728 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10732 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10733 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10735 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10738 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10740 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10742 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10743 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10746 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10747 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10748 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10749 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10750 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10752 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10753 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10755 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10756 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10757 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10760 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10761 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10762 variables is relative to one of them. */
10764 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10765 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10768 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10769 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10770 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10771 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10772 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10776 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10777 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10778 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10779 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10780 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10781 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10782 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10783 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10784 an ellipsis at the end. */
10786 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10787 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10788 its formal parameters. */
10789 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10791 else if (declaration
)
10792 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10795 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10796 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10799 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10800 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10801 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10802 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10804 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10805 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10806 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10807 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10809 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10812 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10813 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10814 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10815 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10816 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10817 parameters at all. */
10818 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10819 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10821 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10822 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10823 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10825 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10826 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10829 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10830 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10831 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10833 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10834 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10835 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10836 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10837 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10838 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10839 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10841 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10842 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10843 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10844 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10845 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10846 constructor function. */
10847 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10849 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10850 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10852 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10853 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10855 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10856 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10858 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10859 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10866 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10869 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10871 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10872 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10874 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10875 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10876 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10878 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10879 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10881 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10882 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10884 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10885 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10888 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10889 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10890 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10892 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10893 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
10894 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10896 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10898 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10899 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10901 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10902 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10904 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10905 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10910 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10911 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10912 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10914 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10915 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10917 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10918 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10920 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10921 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10922 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10923 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10927 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10929 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10930 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10932 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10934 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10935 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10938 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10941 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10944 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10946 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10947 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10949 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10951 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10952 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10954 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10956 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10957 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10960 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10962 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10963 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
10964 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10966 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10967 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10968 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
10970 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10971 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10972 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10973 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10974 it if it ever does happen. */
10975 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10979 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10984 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10987 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10989 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10990 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10992 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10994 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10998 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11000 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11003 add_ranges (chain
);
11004 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11011 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11012 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11013 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11014 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11015 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11016 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11020 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11023 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11026 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11028 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11030 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11031 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11032 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11033 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11034 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11036 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11038 dw_die_ref subr_die
11039 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11040 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11042 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11043 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11044 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11045 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11047 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11048 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11049 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11050 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11053 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11054 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11055 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11056 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11057 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11058 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11059 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11060 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11061 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11062 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11063 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11065 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11068 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11071 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11073 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11075 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11078 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11079 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11080 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11081 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11084 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11086 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11087 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11088 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11091 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11092 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11094 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11095 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11097 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11098 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11099 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11100 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11104 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11105 Use modified_type_die instead.
11106 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11107 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11110 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11113 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11115 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11116 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11117 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11120 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11121 Use modified_type_die instead.
11122 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11123 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11126 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11129 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11131 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11132 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11133 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11137 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11140 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11143 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11144 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11146 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11147 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11148 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11149 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11152 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11155 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11158 char producer
[250];
11159 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11162 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11166 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11167 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11168 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11169 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11172 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11174 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11175 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11176 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11177 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11178 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11179 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11180 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11181 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11182 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11185 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11187 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11188 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11189 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11190 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11191 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11192 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11193 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11194 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11195 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11196 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11198 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11200 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11204 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11207 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11209 dw_die_ref type_die
11210 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11212 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11214 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11215 TODO: add string length info. */
11217 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11218 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11222 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11225 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11227 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11229 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11230 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11232 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11233 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11235 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11236 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11237 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11238 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11241 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11244 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11247 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11250 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11251 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11252 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11253 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11254 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11255 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11256 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11257 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11258 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11259 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11260 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11262 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11263 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11265 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11266 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11267 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11270 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11271 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11272 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11273 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11276 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11277 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11279 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11280 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11281 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11282 do put them in the right order. */
11284 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11286 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11288 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11291 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11292 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11294 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11295 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11298 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11300 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11302 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11306 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11307 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11308 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11311 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11313 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11314 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11316 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11317 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11318 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11320 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11323 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11324 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11327 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11329 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11330 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11332 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11334 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11335 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11337 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11339 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11341 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11344 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11346 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11347 then give a list of members. */
11350 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11351 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11352 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11353 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11354 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11355 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11357 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11358 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11359 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11360 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11362 push_decl_scope (type
);
11363 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11366 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11367 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11369 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11371 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11372 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11373 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11378 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11380 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11381 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11382 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11383 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11387 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11390 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11392 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11393 dw_die_ref subr_die
11394 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11395 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11397 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11398 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11399 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11400 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11403 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11406 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11408 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11411 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11414 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11415 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11416 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11417 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11423 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11424 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11426 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11428 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11431 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11434 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11436 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11437 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11440 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11441 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11444 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11447 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11451 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11454 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11455 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11457 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11460 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11461 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11464 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11465 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11469 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11470 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11471 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11472 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11473 cloned type itself). */
11474 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11475 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11477 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11480 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11486 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11487 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11488 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11489 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11490 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11492 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11494 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11495 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11496 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11500 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11501 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11502 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11504 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11505 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11507 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11509 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11513 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11514 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11518 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11519 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11522 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11523 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11524 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11525 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11529 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11530 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11531 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11535 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11537 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11538 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11541 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11545 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11548 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11551 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11552 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11553 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11554 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11555 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11556 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11557 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11558 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11559 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11560 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11562 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11564 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11567 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11568 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11569 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11575 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11576 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11578 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11583 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11584 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11585 when appropriate. */
11594 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11598 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11605 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11608 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11611 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11613 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11616 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11617 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11618 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11620 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11623 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11624 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11626 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11631 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11632 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11636 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11640 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11641 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11649 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11650 things which are local to the given block. */
11653 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11655 int must_output_die
= 0;
11658 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11660 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11661 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11662 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11665 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11666 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11667 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11668 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11672 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11673 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11678 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11679 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11680 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11681 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11682 the current block. */
11683 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11684 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11686 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11688 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11689 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11690 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11691 must_output_die
= 1;
11694 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11695 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11696 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11697 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11698 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11699 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11700 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11701 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11703 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11704 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11705 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11706 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11707 as being a "significant" one. */
11708 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11710 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11711 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11712 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11713 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11714 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11715 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11717 must_output_die
= 1;
11723 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11724 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11725 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11726 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11727 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11728 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11729 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11730 if (must_output_die
)
11732 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11733 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11735 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11738 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11741 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11742 all of its sub-blocks. */
11745 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11750 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11751 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11754 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11755 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11756 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11757 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11758 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11762 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11763 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11764 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11765 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11769 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11770 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11772 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11775 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11776 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11779 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11780 therein) of this block. */
11781 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11783 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11784 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11787 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11790 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11792 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11795 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11796 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11797 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11798 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11799 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11800 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11806 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11809 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11813 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11816 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11822 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11823 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11826 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11827 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11828 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11829 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11830 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11833 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11834 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11835 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11837 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11838 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11839 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
11840 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11841 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11842 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11843 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11844 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11845 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11847 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11848 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11851 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11852 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11854 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11855 have described its return type. */
11856 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11858 /* And its virtual context. */
11859 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11860 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11862 /* And its containing type. */
11863 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11864 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11865 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11868 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11869 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11873 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11874 actual typedefs. */
11875 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11878 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11879 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11880 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11881 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11882 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11883 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11884 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11886 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11890 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11891 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11893 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11894 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11898 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11899 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11903 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11904 variable declarations or definitions. */
11905 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11908 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11910 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11912 /* And its containing type. */
11913 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11914 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11915 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11917 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11918 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11919 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11921 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11922 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11923 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11925 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11929 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11930 anonymous unions. */
11931 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11932 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11934 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11935 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11940 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11941 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11944 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11945 /* Ignore for now. */
11949 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
11950 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
11956 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11959 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
11961 unsigned int file_index
;
11963 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11965 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11966 tree context_list_decl
11967 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11970 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11971 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11972 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11973 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11974 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11978 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11979 compilation proper has finished. */
11982 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
11984 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11985 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11986 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11987 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11988 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11989 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11992 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11995 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
11997 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11999 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12004 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12005 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12006 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12007 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12008 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12011 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12012 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12013 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12014 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12015 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12016 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12017 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12018 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12019 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12020 with the definition of the function.
12022 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12023 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12024 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12025 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12026 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12027 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12028 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12029 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12030 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12031 that they *are* definitions).
12033 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12034 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12035 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12036 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12037 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12038 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12041 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12042 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12043 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12044 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12045 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12046 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12047 context_die
= NULL
;
12051 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12052 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12053 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12054 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12055 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12056 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12057 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12058 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12059 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12062 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12063 variable declarations or definitions. */
12064 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12069 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12070 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12073 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12074 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12075 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12077 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12078 comparisons have. */
12079 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12080 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12081 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12082 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12083 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12088 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12089 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12092 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12093 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12094 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12095 context_die
= NULL
;
12103 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12106 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12107 a lexical block. */
12110 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12111 unsigned int blocknum
)
12113 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12114 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12117 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12121 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12123 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12124 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12127 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12128 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12130 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12131 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12132 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12135 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12139 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12140 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12141 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12147 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12148 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12149 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12150 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12151 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12152 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12153 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12154 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12155 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12159 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12162 char *save_file_name
;
12164 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12165 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12166 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12169 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12170 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12171 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12174 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12175 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12176 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12177 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12179 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12183 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12184 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12185 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12186 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12187 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12193 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12195 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12197 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12199 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12200 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12201 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12202 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12203 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12204 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12206 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12213 init_file_table (void)
12215 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12216 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12217 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12219 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12220 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12221 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12222 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12225 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12226 and record information relating to this source line, in
12227 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12230 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12232 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12235 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12237 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12238 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12239 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12242 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12244 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12246 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12248 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12251 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12252 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12254 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12255 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12256 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12258 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12260 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12261 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12262 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12264 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12265 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12266 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12268 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12269 separate_line_info_table
12270 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12271 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12272 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12273 memset (separate_line_info_table
12274 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12276 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12277 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12280 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12282 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12283 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12284 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12285 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12289 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12291 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12292 line_info_table_in_use
);
12294 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12295 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12297 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12299 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12300 (line_info_table_allocated
12301 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12302 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12303 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12306 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12307 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12308 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12309 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12314 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12317 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12319 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12321 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12322 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12324 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12325 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12328 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12330 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12332 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12334 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12336 "Filename we just started");
12340 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12343 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12345 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12346 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12347 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12349 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12351 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12352 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12356 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12357 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12358 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12361 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12362 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12364 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12366 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12367 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12368 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12369 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12373 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12374 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12375 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12378 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12379 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12381 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12383 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12384 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12385 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12386 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12390 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12393 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12395 init_file_table ();
12397 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12398 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12399 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12400 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12401 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12403 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12404 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12406 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12407 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12408 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12409 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12410 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12411 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12413 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12414 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12415 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12416 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12418 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12419 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12421 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12422 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12423 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12424 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12425 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12426 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12427 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12429 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12431 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12433 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12434 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12435 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12436 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12437 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12439 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12442 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12444 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12446 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12447 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12448 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12449 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12450 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12451 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12454 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12456 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12458 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12459 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12462 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12465 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12469 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12470 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12473 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12475 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12477 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12479 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12480 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12481 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12489 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12490 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12493 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12497 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12498 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12502 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12503 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12506 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12510 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12512 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12514 /* A reference to another DIE.
12515 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12516 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12518 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12520 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12521 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12522 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12528 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12529 to DIE's children. */
12532 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12536 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12538 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12541 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12542 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12543 if (die
->die_parent
)
12544 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12546 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12547 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12549 /* If this node is a specification,
12550 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12551 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
12552 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
12555 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12557 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12558 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12562 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12564 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12565 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12566 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12567 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12569 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12575 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12578 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12582 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12586 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12587 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12588 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12589 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12590 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12591 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12592 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12593 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12594 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12595 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12596 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12597 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12598 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12599 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12600 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12601 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12602 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12603 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12604 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12605 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12606 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12610 /* Mark everything else. */
12616 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12617 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12619 /* Mark children. */
12620 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12621 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12625 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12628 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12630 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12631 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12635 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12640 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12648 die
->die_child
= n
;
12655 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12658 prune_unused_types (void)
12661 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12663 /* Clear all the marks. */
12664 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12665 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12666 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12668 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12669 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12670 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12671 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12673 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12674 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12675 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12676 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12677 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12678 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12680 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12681 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12682 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12683 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12685 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12686 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12687 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12688 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12691 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12692 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12695 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12697 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12698 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12700 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12701 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12702 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12703 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12704 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12705 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12708 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12709 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12710 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12711 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12713 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12718 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12719 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12720 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12721 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12723 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12725 next_node
= node
->next
;
12728 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12730 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12734 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12735 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12737 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12738 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12739 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12740 else if (node
->created_for
12741 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12742 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12744 (node
->created_for
)))))
12745 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12746 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12747 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12748 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12749 else if (node
->created_for
12750 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12751 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12752 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12753 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12754 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12756 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12757 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12758 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12759 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12760 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12761 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12764 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12771 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12773 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12774 emit full debugging info for them. */
12775 retry_incomplete_types ();
12777 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12778 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12779 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12781 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12782 prune_unused_types ();
12784 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12785 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12786 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12787 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12789 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12790 that have children. */
12791 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12792 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12793 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12795 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12797 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12799 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12800 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12801 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12802 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12803 examining the file. */
12804 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12806 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12807 output_line_info ();
12810 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12811 if (have_location_lists
)
12813 /* Output the location lists info. */
12814 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12816 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12818 output_location_lists (die
);
12819 have_location_lists
= 0;
12822 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12824 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12826 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12827 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12830 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12831 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12832 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12833 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12835 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12836 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12837 debug_line_section_label
);
12839 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12840 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12842 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12843 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12844 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12845 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12847 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12849 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12850 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12851 output_abbrev_section ();
12853 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12854 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12856 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12857 output_pubnames ();
12860 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12861 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12862 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12864 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12868 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12869 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12871 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12872 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12876 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12877 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12879 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12881 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12884 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12886 if (debug_str_hash
)
12887 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12891 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12892 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
12894 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12896 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"